Brake Control System: Section

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 233

BRAKES

SECTION
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
BRC B

E
CONTENTS
WITHOUT ABS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System BRC
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ...................... 6 SIONER" .................................................................16
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- G
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ............................ 6 tion After Battery Disconnection ..............................16
Information ................................................................ 6 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover....17
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service ...............17
WIRING DIAGRAM ....................................... 7 Precaution for Brake System ...................................17
H

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM .............................. 7 Precaution for Brake Control System ......................17
Wiring Diagram ......................................................... 7 Precaution for Harness Repair ................................18
I
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .......................... 8 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 19

STOP LAMP SWITCH ......................................... 8 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 19


J
Component Function Check ...................................... 8 Component Parts Location ......................................19
Diagnosis Procedure ................................................. 8 Component Description ...........................................21
Component Inspection .............................................. 9 ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) .........21
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor .............................22 K
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ..............................10 Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................22
Component Function Check .................................... 10
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 10 SYSTEM ............................................................ 23 L
Component Inspection ............................................ 11 System Description ..................................................23
Circuit Diagram ........................................................29
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ........................12 Fail-safe ...................................................................29
Component Function Check .................................... 12 M
ABS FUNCTION ........................................................31
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 12
ABS FUNCTION : System Description ....................31
Component Inspection ............................................ 13
WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS) EBD FUNCTION ........................................................32 N
EBD FUNCTION : System Description ....................32
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ..................... 14
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR O
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ...........................14 AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ....... 34
Information .............................................................. 14 CONSULT Function .................................................34
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................15 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 37 P
Information .............................................................. 15
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
PRECAUTION .............................................. 16 (CONTROL UNIT) ............................................. 37
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................16 Reference Value ......................................................37
Fail-safe ...................................................................38
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................40

Revision: 2012 July BRC-1 N17


DTC Index .............................................................. 40 Description .............................................................. 73
DTC Logic ............................................................... 73
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 42 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 73
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 42 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 75
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 42 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 43 STOP LAMP SWITCH ....................................... 78
Component Function Check ................................... 78
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 43 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 78
Work Flow ............................................................... 43 Component Inspection ............................................ 80
Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 44
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH .............................. 81
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 46 Component Function Check ................................... 81
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN-
Component Inspection ............................................ 82
SOR .................................................................... 46
DTC Logic ............................................................... 46 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ....................... 83
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 46 Component Function Check ................................... 83
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN- Component Inspection ............................................ 84
SOR .................................................................... 49
DTC Logic ............................................................... 49 ABS WARNING LAMP ...................................... 85
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50 Component Function Check ................................... 85
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ......... 55
DTC Logic ............................................................... 55 BRAKE WARNING LAMP ................................. 86
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55 Component Function Check ................................... 86
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 86
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) .................................... 57 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 88
DTC Logic ............................................................... 57
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 57 EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ......... 88
Description .............................................................. 88
C1111 PUMP MOTOR ....................................... 58 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 88
DTC Logic ............................................................... 58
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION ... 90
Description .............................................................. 90
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................... 60 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90
DTC Logic ............................................................... 60
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG ............... 92
Description .............................................................. 92
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92
SYSTEM ............................................................. 66
DTC Logic ............................................................... 66 DOES NOT OPERATE ...................................... 93
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 66 Description .............................................................. 93
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT
VALVE SYSTEM ................................................ 68 BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA-
DTC Logic ............................................................... 68 TION SOUND OCCURS .................................... 94
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 68 Description .............................................................. 94
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 94
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM ............... 70
DTC Logic ............................................................... 70 VEHICLE JERKS DURING ............................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 70 Description .............................................................. 95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 72
Description .............................................................. 72 ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARN-
DTC Logic ............................................................... 72 ING LAMP TURN ON ........................................ 96
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 72 Description .............................................................. 96
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) ......................... 73

Revision: 2012 July BRC-2 N17


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .................97 Stop Lamp Switch .................................................. 114
Description .............................................................. 97 Steering Angle Sensor ........................................... 114 A
VDC OFF Switch ................................................... 114
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 98 Brake Fluid Level Switch ....................................... 115
Parking Brake Switch ............................................ 115 B
WHEEL SENSOR ...............................................98
SYSTEM .......................................................... 116
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 98
System Description ................................................ 116
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ........... 98 C
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 127
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal-
Fail-safe ................................................................. 127
lation ........................................................................ 98
VDC FUNCTION ...................................................... 130
REAR WHEEL SENSOR ........................................... 99 D
VDC FUNCTION : System Description ................. 130
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ............. 99
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa- TCS FUNCTION ....................................................... 133
tion ........................................................................ 100 TCS FUNCTION : System Description .................. 133 E
SENSOR ROTOR ............................................. 102 ABS FUNCTION ...................................................... 134
ABS FUNCTION : System Description .................. 134
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 102 BRC
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal- EBD FUNCTION ...................................................... 136
lation ...................................................................... 102 EBD FUNCTION : System Description .................. 136

REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 102 BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) G
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa- FUNCTION ............................................................... 137
tion ........................................................................ 102 BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD)
FUNCTION : System Description .......................... 137 H
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................ 103 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR
Exploded View ...................................................... 103 AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ..... 139
Removal and Installation ....................................... 104 CONSULT Function ............................................... 139 I
WITH VDC
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 144
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 106 J
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ......................... 106 (CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 144
Information ............................................................ 106 Reference Value .................................................... 144
K
Fail-safe ................................................................. 146
APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 107 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 149
Information ............................................................ 107 DTC Index ............................................................. 150
L
PRECAUTION ............................................ 108 WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 152
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 108 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 152
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 152 M
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 108 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 153
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- N
tion After Battery Disconnection ............................ 108 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 153
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 109 Work Flow .............................................................. 153
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service ............. 109 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 154
O
Precaution for Brake System ................................ 109
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Precaution for Brake Control System .................... 109
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 111
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 156 P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 112 Description ............................................................. 156

COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 112 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN-


Component Parts Location .................................... 112 SOR NEUTRAL POSITION ............................. 157
Component Description ......................................... 113 Description ............................................................. 157
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) ....... 113 Work Procedure ..................................................... 157
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor .......................... 114

Revision: 2012 July BRC-3 N17


DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 159 DTC Logic ............................................................. 194
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN-
SOR .................................................................. 159 C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR.. 195
DTC Logic ..............................................................159 DTC Logic ............................................................. 195
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................159 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 195

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN- C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH .......... 196
SOR .................................................................. 162 DTC Logic ............................................................. 196
DTC Logic ..............................................................162 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 196
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................163 Component Inspection .......................................... 198

C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ....... 168 C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM ............................. 199
DTC Logic ..............................................................168 DTC Logic ............................................................. 199
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 199

C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM ............................. 201
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) ............... 170 DTC Logic ............................................................. 201
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201
DTC Logic ..............................................................170
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................170 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 203
C1111 PUMP MOTOR ..................................... 171 Description ............................................................ 203
DTC Logic ..............................................................171 DTC Logic ............................................................. 203
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................. 173 U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) ........................ 204
DTC Logic ..............................................................173 Description ............................................................ 204
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................173 DTC Logic ............................................................. 204
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 204
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH .......................... 179
DTC Logic ..............................................................179
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 206
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................179 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 206
Component Inspection ...........................................182 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ............................. 209
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE Component Function Check ................................. 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209
SYSTEM ........................................................... 183
Component Inspection .......................................... 210
DTC Logic ..............................................................183
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................183 VDC OFF SWITCH ........................................... 211
Component Function Check ................................. 211
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
VALVE SYSTEM .............................................. 185 Component Inspection .......................................... 212
DTC Logic ..............................................................185
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................185 ABS WARNING LAMP ..................................... 213
Component Function Check ................................. 213
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL ................................. 187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213
DTC Logic ..............................................................187
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................187 BRAKE WARNING LAMP ................................ 214
Component Function Check ................................. 214
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM ............. 188 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214
DTC Logic ..............................................................188
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................188 VDC WARNING LAMP ..................................... 216
Component Function Check ................................. 216
C1142 PRESS SENSOR ................................. 190 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216
DTC Logic ..............................................................190
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................190 VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP .......................... 217
Component Function Check ................................. 217
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 192 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217
DTC Logic ..............................................................192
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................192 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 218
C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ........ 218
SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ................................. 194

Revision: 2012 July BRC-4 N17


Description ............................................................ 218 WHEEL SENSOR ............................................ 226
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218 A
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ....................................... 226
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 219 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ......... 226
Description ............................................................ 219 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 219 lation ...................................................................... 226 B

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 220 REAR WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 227
Description ............................................................ 220 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ............ 227 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa-
tion ......................................................................... 227
DOES NOT OPERATE ..................................... 221
Description ............................................................ 221 SENSOR ROTOR ............................................ 229 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 229
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA- FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal-
E
TION SOUND OCCURS ................................... 222 lation ...................................................................... 229
Description ............................................................ 222
REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 229
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa- BRC
VEHICLE JERKS DURING .............................. 223 tion ......................................................................... 229
Description ............................................................ 223 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223 G
(CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 230
ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARN- Exploded View ....................................................... 230
ING LAMP TURN ON ....................................... 224 Removal and Installation ....................................... 230
H
Description ............................................................ 224 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 232
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224
Removal and Installation ....................................... 232
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 225 VDC OFF SWITCH .......................................... 233 I
Description ............................................................ 225
Removal and Installation ....................................... 233
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 226
J

Revision: 2012 July BRC-5 N17


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITHOUT ABS]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Information INFOID:0000000007929762

Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Service information Destination


TYPE 1 China production models
TYPE 2 India production models (LHD)
TYPE 3 India production models (RHD)
TYPE 4 Thailand production models
Refer to GI-34, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-6 N17


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007714739
B

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".
C

BRC

JRFWC0156GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-7 N17


STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007742119

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION


Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-8, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007742120

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp clearance. Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-9, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-159, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch


— Voltage
Connector Terminal

E59*1
1 Ground 11 − 16 V
E58*2
*1: With M/T
*2: Except for M/T
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch


— Voltage
Connector Terminal

E59*1
1 Ground 11 − 16 V
E58*2
*1: With M/T
*2: Except for M/T
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-8 N17


STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#38).
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness and 10A fuse (#38).
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK TERMINAL
Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check stop lamp system. Refer to EXL-43, "Wiring Diagram".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007742121

BRC
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. G
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Stop lamp switch H


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed) I
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-159, "Removal and Installation".
K

Revision: 2012 July BRC-9 N17


PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007742122

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION


Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-10, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007742123

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Parking brake switch Combination meter


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M48*1 10*1 Existed


M86 1
*2 *2 Existed
M49 37
*1: With Engine coolant temperature gauge
*2: Without Engine coolant temperature gauge
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

Parking brake switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M86 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-11, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-124, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:

Revision: 2012 July BRC-10 N17


PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007742124

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH B


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Remove parking brake switch. Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector. C

Parking brake switch


— Condition Continuity D
Terminal
When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground
When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation". BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-11 N17


BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007714744

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION


When the brake fluid is full or empty. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns
ON/OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-12, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007714745

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL


Check the brake fluid level. Refer to BR-150, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill the brake fluid. Refer to BR-150, "Refilling".
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M48*1 11*1 Existed


E62 1
M49*2 36*2 Existed

*1: With Engine coolant temperature gauge


*2: Without Engine coolant temperature gauge
2. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Check brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-13, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-12 N17


BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-179, "Disassembly and Assembly".
5.CHECK TERMINALS AND HARNESS CONNECTORS A

1. Check brake fluid level switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
2. Check combination meter pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check the combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
C
• Type B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007714746

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH E

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector. BRC
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector.

Brake fluid level switch


Condition Continuity G
Terminal
When brake fluid is full in the reservoir tank. Not existed
1−2
When brake fluid is empty in the reservoir tank. Existed H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-179, "Disassembly and Assembly". I

Revision: 2012 July BRC-13 N17


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Information INFOID:0000000007714750

Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Service information Destination


TYPE 1 China production models
TYPE 2 India production models (LHD)
TYPE 3 India production models (RHD)
TYPE 4 Thailand production models
Refer to GI-34, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-14 N17


APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
APPLICATION NOTICE
A
Information INFOID:0000000007933507

In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop / Start System”. B

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-15 N17


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000007738390

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000007738391

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-16 N17


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock A
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000007032356
B

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to C
windshield.

PIIB3706J

BRC
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000007738387

CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always open the hood and G
release the stop/start system.
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000007030999
H
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun. I
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-17, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off J
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value. K
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench. L
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A).
• Always connect the battery terminal when moving the vehicle.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and M
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the N
parts.

O
JPFIA0061ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control System INFOID:0000000007031000

P
• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.
• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.
• To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when ABS function or EBD func-
tion operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by ABS function or EBD function that is nor-
mally operated.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-17 N17


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for ABS function or EBD function when all of brakes, sus-
pensions and tires installed on the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and control-
lability may be negatively affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used.
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of ABS function or EBD
function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp and
brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for ABS function or EBD func-
tion.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others)
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others)
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally
for ABS function or EBD function.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear wheel is rotated
using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference between wheel
that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-diagnosis results,
and erase memory.
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON. ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit) stops control for ABS function or EBD function. Ordinary brake operates.
After power supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF. The control
becomes operative for ABS function or EBD function.
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000007738388

• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]

SKIB8766E

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn-
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)

SKIB8767E

Revision: 2012 July BRC-18 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000007031001
B

TYPE 1
C

BRC

M
JSFIA0939ZZ

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. Front wheel sensor 3. Stop lamp switch N
trol unit)
4. Rear wheel sensor
A. Inside engine room B. Steering knuckle C. Brake pedal
O
D. ABS warning lamp, brake warning E. Back plate of rear disc brake
lamp (in combination meter)

TYPE 2 P

Revision: 2012 July BRC-19 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

JSFIA1178ZZ

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. Front wheel sensor 3. Stop lamp switch
trol unit)
4. Rear wheel sensor
A. Inside engine room B. Steering knuckle C. Brake pedal
D. ABS warning lamp, brake warning E. Back plate of rear disc brake
lamp (in combination meter)

TYPE 3, TYPE 4

Revision: 2012 July BRC-20 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JSFIA1116ZZ
K

1. Stop lamp switch 2. Front wheel sensor 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit) L
4. Rear wheel sensor
A. ABS warning lamp, brake warning B. Brake pedal C. Steering knuckle
lamp (in combination meter)
M
D. Inside engine room E. Back plate of rear drum brake

Component Description INFOID:0000000007031002


N

Component Reference/Function
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-21, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)" O
Wheel sensor BRC-22, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Stop lamp switch BRC-22, "Stop Lamp Switch"
P
ABS warning lamp
BRC-23, "System Description"
Brake warning lamp

ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000007031003

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehensively controls ABS function and EBD
function.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-21 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
• Brake fluid pressure are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator.
Pump
Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Actuator Relay (Main Relay)
Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS IN Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS OUT Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each
valve when brake is released.
Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder, so that pressure effi-
ciently decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder.
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000007031004

NOTE:
• Wheel sensor of front wheel is installed on steering knuckle.
• Sensor rotor of front wheel is integrated in wheel hub assembly.
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on back plate of rear brake.
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is installed on rear disc rotor. (With rear disc brake type)
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is installed on rear brake drum. (With rear drum brake type)
• Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester because sensor is active sensor.
• Downsize and weight reduction is aimed. IC for detection portion
and magnet for sensor rotor are adopted.
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current
signal.
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed.

JPFIC0131GB

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000007031005

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).

Revision: 2012 July BRC-22 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000007031006

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder to increase, to hold or to B
decrease according to signals from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control
system is applied to ABS function and EBD function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs. C

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D

BRC

JPFIC0210GB K
INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL
Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
L
Component Signal description
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. M
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal

VALVE OPERATION N
The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers and/or wheel cylinders, respectively, by operating each valve.
When Brake Pedal is Applied or ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases) O

Revision: 2012 July BRC-23 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Type 1

JSFIA0936GB

Type 2, Type 3, Type 4

JPFIC0211GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-24 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

Name Not activated When depressing brake pedal A


ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
B
— Pressure increases
(fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH caliper increases C


• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to front RH caliper through ABS IN valve.
During pressure front LH caliper increases
• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to front LH caliper through ABS IN valve. D
During pressure rear RH caliper or wheel cylinder increases
• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to rear RH caliper or wheel cylinder through ABS IN
valve. E

During pressure rear LH caliper or wheel cylinder increases


• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to rear LH caliper or wheel cylinder through ABS IN
valve. BRC

When ABS Function is Starts Operating (During Pressure Holds)


Type 1 G

JSFIA0937GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-25 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Type 2, Type 3, Type 4

JPFIC0212GB

Name Not activated When Pressure holds


ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
— Pressure holds
(fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH caliper holds


• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close, fluid pressure of front RH caliper is holds.
During pressure front LH caliper holds
• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close, fluid pressure of front LH caliper is holds.
During pressure rear RH caliper or wheel cylinder holds
• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close and fluid pressure of rear RH caliper or wheel cylinder is holds.
During pressure rear LH caliper or wheel cylinder holds
• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close and fluid pressure of rear LH caliper or wheel cylinder is holds.
ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-26 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Type 1
A

BRC

I
JSFIA0938GB

Type 2, Type 3, Type 4


J

JPFIC0213GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-27 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

Name Not activated When pressure decreases


ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
— Pressure decreases
(fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH caliper decreases


• Being supplied to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of front RH caliper is decreased.
During pressure front LH caliper decreases
• Being returned to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of front LH caliper is decreased.
During pressure rear RH caliper or wheel cylinder decreases
• Being returned to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of rear RH caliper or wheel cylinder is
decreased.
During pressure rear LH caliper or wheel cylinder decreases
• Being returned to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of rear LH caliper or wheel cylinder is
decreased.
Component Parts and Function

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Drives the pump according to signals from control unit.
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing or-
Return check valve
ifice of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder, so that pres-
Reservoir
sure efficiently decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder.

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP


Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.

Condition (status) ABS warning lamp Brake warning lamp


Ignition switch OFF OFF OFF
For approx. 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON ON
Approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON (when before the engine
OFF ON
starts and the system is in normal operation)
After engine starts (when the system is in normal operation) OFF OFF
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) OFF ON
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch ON) OFF ON
ABS function is malfunctioning ON OFF
EBD function is malfunctioning ON ON

Revision: 2012 July BRC-28 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000008241998

BRC

P
JSFIA1250GB

Fail-safe INFOID:0000000007031007

ABS FUNCTION

Revision: 2012 July BRC-29 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system. The control is sus-
pended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function. However,
EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD function. The vehicle status becomes the same as
models without ABS function and EBD function.

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition


C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power The following functions are sus-
supply voltage pended.
C1106
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • ABS function
large. • EBD function (only when more
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- than 3 wheels are malfunction-
mal. ing)
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage.
The following functions are sus-
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage.
pended.
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • ABS function
C1110
unit). • EBD function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
The following functions are sus-
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during
C1115 pended.
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.
• ABS function

Revision: 2012 July BRC-30 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve.
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve. B
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
• ABS function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • EBD function C
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve.
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
D
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2
U1000
seconds or more. E

When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving
U1002
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.

ABS FUNCTION BRC

ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000007031008

G
• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure H
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status.
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking. I
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak-
ing driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during J
braking.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS K
function, the control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle
status becomes the same as models without ABS function. How-
ever, EBD function is operated normally. Refer to BRC-29, "Fail-
L
safe".
NOTE:
• ABS has the characteristic as described here, but it is not the
device that helps reckless driving. M
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
brake operates at low speed [approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less,
but differs subject to road conditions).
N
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 15
km/h (9.3 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagno-
sis. In addition, brake pedal may be felt heavy when depressing O
JPFIC0140GB
brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not malfunctions.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-31 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal

EBD FUNCTION
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000007031009

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur-
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers).

JPFIC0142GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-32 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front
and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig- A
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
B
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less. C
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func- D
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS
function and EBD function. Refer to BRC-29, "Fail-safe".

BRC

G
JPFIC0143GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H

O
JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. P

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal

Revision: 2012 July BRC-33 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000007031010

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.

Mode Function description


ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
DATA MONITOR Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and elec-
ACTIVE TEST
tric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
*: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.
• DTC
• Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,
• The system is presently malfunctioning.
When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,
• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)

Item name Display item


The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres-
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 − 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self-diagnosis
is erased.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
×: Applicable
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-34 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
B
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
× C
(On/Off) played.
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
D
RR RH IN SOL
× Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed
(On/Off)
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
× E
(On/Off) played.
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
BRC
×
(On/Off) played.
EBD WARN LAMP
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1 G
STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off)
MOTOR RELAY H
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)

ACTUATOR RLY *2 × ABS actuator relay status is displayed.


(On/Off) I
ABS WARN LAMP
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1
(On/Off)
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control J
× ×
(V) unit) is displayed.
EBD SIGNAL
EBD operation status is displayed.
(On/Off) K
ABS SIGNAL
ABS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
EBD FAIL SIG L
EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off) M
*1: Refer to BRC-23, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp.
*2: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction. N
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test result
sand data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its
operation.
CAUTION: P
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test.
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-35 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.
ABS IN Valve and ABS OUT Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

Display
Test item Display Item
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS Motor
When “On” or “Off” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is normal.

Display
Test item Display Item
On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ABS MOTOR
ACTUATOR RLY* On On

*: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-36 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000007031011
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


NOTE: C
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation D


Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 E
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 BRC
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1
G
play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- H
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Active On
FR RH IN SOL
Inactive Off I
Active On
FR RH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
J
Active On
FR LH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On K
FR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
RR RH IN SOL L
Inactive Off
Active On
RR RH OUT SOL
Inactive Off M
Active On
RR LH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
N
RR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
*2 On
When brake warning lamp is ON O
EBD WARN LAMP
When brake warning lamp is OFF*2 Off
Brake pedal depressed On
STOP LAMP SW P
Brake pedal not depressed Off
Active On
MOTOR RELAY
Inactive Off
Active On
ACTUATOR RLY *3
Inactive (in fail-safe mode) Off

Revision: 2012 July BRC-37 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation

When ABS warning lamp is ON*2 On


ABS WARN LAMP
When ABS warning lamp is OFF*2 Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
EBD is active On
EBD SIGNAL
EBD is inactive Off
ABS is active On
ABS SIGNAL
ABS is inactive Off
In EBD fail-safe On
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD is normal Off
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS is normal Off
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Refer to BRC-23, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp.
*3: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000007031012

ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system. The control is sus-
pended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function. However,
EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD function. The vehicle status becomes the same as
models without ABS function and EBD function.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-38 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition A


C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
B

C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.


• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit. C
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is D
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
E
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power The following functions are sus-
supply voltage pended. BRC
C1106
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • ABS function
large. • EBD function (only when more
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- than 3 wheels are malfunction-
mal. ing) G
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor H
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not I
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
J
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large. K
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
L
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage.
The following functions are sus-
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage.
pended.
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • ABS function
C1110 M
unit). • EBD function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
The following functions are sus-
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during N
C1115 pended.
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.
• ABS function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve.
O

C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve.


C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
P
pended.
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
• ABS function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • EBD function
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve.
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-39 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2
U1000
seconds or more.

When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving
U1002
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000007031013

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.

Priority Detected item (DTC)


• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN)
2 • C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]
3 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
4 • C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL

DTC Index INFOID:0000000007031014

DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference


C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-46, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
BRC-49, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-55, "DTC Logic"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-57, "DTC Logic"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-58, "DTC Logic"
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-60, "DTC Logic"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-66, "DTC Logic"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-68, "DTC Logic"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-66, "DTC Logic"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-68, "DTC Logic"

Revision: 2012 July BRC-40 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference
A
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-66, "DTC Logic"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-68, "DTC Logic"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-66, "DTC Logic" B
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-68, "DTC Logic"
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-70, "DTC Logic"
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-72, "DTC Logic" C
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) BRC-73, "DTC Logic"

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-41 N17


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007031016

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layout, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".

JRFWC0156GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-42 N17


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000007031018
B

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER C
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-44, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary. D
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM BRC

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-38, "Fail-
safe". G
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction. H

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and freeze frame data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. K
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results. L
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on M
BRC-40, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART O
• Repair or replace error-detected parts.
• Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
• When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”. P

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-43 N17


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000007031019

Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)
† Does not operate ( ) function
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )


ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-44 N17


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Interview sheet
A
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
B
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)

Other conditions
C
Memo

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-45 N17


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031020

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel • Harness or connector
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit. • Wheel sensor
When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 (control unit)
sensor circuit.
When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-46, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031021

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-100, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-46 N17


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK CONNECTOR B

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
C
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT E
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine. BRC
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
G
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
H
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator I
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 6. K
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. L
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. M
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. N
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END O

7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-47 N17


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
34 E75 (Front LH wheel)
18 E74 (Front RH wheel)
E29 1 Existed
33 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
19 B2 (Rear RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
22 E75 (Front LH wheel)
6 E74 (Front RH wheel)
E29 2 Existed
20 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
31 B2 (Rear RH wheel)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END
9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-100, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2012 July BRC-48 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031022

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel C
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V D
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and
rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
E
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel
sensor circuit. BRC
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
G
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and
rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear • Harness or connector
• Wheel sensor
H
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• ABS actuator and electric unit
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel (control unit)
sensor circuit. • Sensor rotor
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sen- I
sor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
J
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor
and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal. K
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sen-
L
sor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and M
front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
N
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and O
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. P

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-49 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031023

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-75, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-99, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-50 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6. A
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT B
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-100, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. C
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” D
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. E
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? BRC
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2) G

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. H
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
I
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9. L
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. M
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” N
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
O
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? P
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-51 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
34, 22
18, 6
E29 Ground Not existed
33, 20
19, 31
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-52 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4) A

With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. B
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine. C
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: D
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
E
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17. BRC

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT G
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
H
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END I
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor. J
- Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-100, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. K
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. L
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. M
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? N
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6) O
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. P
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT

Revision: 2012 July BRC-53 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-102, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-102, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2012 July BRC-54 N17


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031024

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When ignition power supply voltage is in following • Harness or connector C
state. • ABS actuator and electric unit
BATTERY VOLTAGE - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition pow- (control unit)
C1109
[ABNORMAL] er supply voltage. • Fuse
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition pow- • Ignition power supply system D
er supply voltage. • Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. BRC

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. H
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-55, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031025
J
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. M
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END N
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

P
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 32 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-55 N17


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 32 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E29 32 E35 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E29 32 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-25, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -"
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E29 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-56 N17


C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031026

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS ac- ABS actuator and electric unit C
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
tuator and electric unit (control unit). (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


D
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION BRC

With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. G
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-57, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031027

I
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110” is displayed in self-
diagnosis for “ABS”. J

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion". K

Revision: 2012 July BRC-57 N17


C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031028

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor re-
C1111 PUMP MOTOR (control unit)
lay.
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031029

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 1 Ground 11 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-58 N17


C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 1 Ground 11 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#I). D
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. BRC
5. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground. G

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
13
E29 Ground Existed
38 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M

Revision: 2012 July BRC-59 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031030

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel • Wheel sensor
ABS SENSOR
C1115 and others is detected during the vehicle is driven, • Sensor rotor
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031031

CAUTION:
For wheel sensor, never check between terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-75, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-60 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting A
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4. B
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
C
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. D
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END E
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. BRC
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION: G
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View". H
• Rear: Refer to BRC-99, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
J
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-100, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". K
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine. L
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. M
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- N
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19. O
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
P
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2012 July BRC-61 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-62 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14. A
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT B
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? C
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
D
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. E
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.) BRC
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
34 E75 (Front LH wheel)
18 E74 (Front RH wheel) H
E29 1 Existed
33 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
19 B2 (Rear RH wheel)
I
Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
22 E75 (Front LH wheel)
6 E74 (Front RH wheel)
E29 2 Existed K
20 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
31 B2 (Rear RH wheel)
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground. L

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity M
Connector Terminal
34, 22
18, 6 N
E29 Ground Not existed
33, 20
19, 31
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
P
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-63 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-100, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-102, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-102, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-64 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa- A
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END
B

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-65 N17


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031032

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN • Harness or connector
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve.
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN • Fusible link
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031033

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V

Revision: 2012 July BRC-66 N17


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 4. D
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM) E
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
BRC
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
G
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM) H
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector I
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY J
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
L
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M
13
E29 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL O
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-67 N17


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031034

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT • Harness or connector
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve.
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT • Fusible link
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031035

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V

Revision: 2012 July BRC-68 N17


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 4. D
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM) E
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
BRC
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
G
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM) H
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector I
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY J
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
L
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M
13
E29 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL O
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-69 N17


C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031036

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay. (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031037

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-70 N17


C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 4. C
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. D
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M). E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -". BRC
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D). H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -". I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

K
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13 L
E29 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL N
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
P

Revision: 2012 July BRC-71 N17


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000007031038

CAN communication allows a high rate of information transmission through the two communication lines
(CAN-H line and CAN-L line) connecting various control units in the system. Each control unit transmits/
receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031039

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When CAN communication signal is not continuously CAN communication system mal-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more function

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1000” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031040

Proceed to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-72 N17


U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
A
Description INFOID:0000000007031041

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007031042
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not • CAN communication line
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 • ABS actuator and electric unit
seconds or less. (control unit) BRC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING G
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE I
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC “U1002” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-73, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031043

CAUTION: L
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when M
checking the harness.
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
1. Select “ABS” and “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” in order with CONSULT. N
2. Check malfunction history between each control unit connected to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
Check the result of “PAST”? O
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 2.
“METER/M&A” is other than “OK” (Without Engine coolant temperature gauge)>>GO TO 3. P
“METER/M&A” is other than “OK” (With Engine coolant temperature gauge)>>GO TO 4.
A control unit other than ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and “METER/M&A” are anything other
than “OK”>>GO TO 5.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (14) and (26) for damage
or loose connection.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-73 N17


U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER (WITHOUT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE)
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (14) and combination meter harness connector terminal (10).
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (26) and combination meter harness connector terminal (8).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results for “METER/M&A”. Then perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A”
with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER (WITH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE)
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (14) and combination meter harness connector terminal (2).
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (26) and combination meter harness connector terminal (1).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results for “METER/M&A”. Then perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A”
with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
5.CHECK APPLICABLE CONTROL UNIT
Check damage or loose connection of each CAN communication line harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for applicable control unit with CON-
SULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-74 N17


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031044

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1) B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. C

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal D
E29 32 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON E
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
BRC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
E29 32 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
I
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R J
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R K


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E29 32 E35 56 Existed
L
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.
M
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E29 32 Ground Not existed N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-25, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
O
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY P
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 1 Ground 11 − 16 V

Revision: 2012 July BRC-75 N17


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 1 Ground 11 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V
3. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E29 25 Ground 11 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 6.
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 7.
6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT
STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP /
START SYSTEM)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-76 N17


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D). A
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
C
8.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
D
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
13
E29 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK TERMINAL G

• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
H
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-77 N17


STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007031045

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION


Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check stop lamp system. Refer to EXL-43, "Wiring Diagram".
2.CHECK DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-37, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-78, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031046

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp clearance.
- Type 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 2: Refer to BR-60, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 4: Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-60, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-80, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-70, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 3: Refer to BR-112, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-159, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 11 − 16 V
E29 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V

Revision: 2012 July BRC-78 N17


STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 11 − 16 V C
E29 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2) E
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop lamp BRC
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp switch G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
*1
E59
E29 30 2 Existed H
E58*2
*1: With M/T
*2: Except for M/T I
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) J


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E29 30 Ground Not existed
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
L
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check 10A fuse (#38).
2. Check continuity and short circuit between stop lamp switch harness connector terminal (1) and 10A fuse M
(#38).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY N
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL O
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-79 N17


STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007031047

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Stop lamp switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-70, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 3: Refer to BR-112, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-159, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-80 N17


PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007031048

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION B


Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031049

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT E


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
BRC
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

G
Parking brake switch Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1 37*1 H
M86 1 Existed
*2 *2
M48 10
*1: Without Engine coolant temperature gauge
I
*2: With Engine coolant temperature gauge
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

J
Parking brake switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M86 1 Ground Not existed K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-82, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. N
• Type 1: Refer to PB-6, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 2: Refer to PB-11, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 3: Refer to PB-16, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 4: Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation". O
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. P
• Type A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-81 N17


PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-124, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007031050

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Remove parking brake switch.
- Type 1: Refer to PB-6, "Removal and Installation".
- Type 2: Refer to PB-11, "Removal and Installation".
- Type 3: Refer to PB-16, "Removal and Installation".
- Type 4: Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector.

Parking brake switch


— Condition Continuity
Terminal
When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground
When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch.
• Type 1: Refer to PB-6, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 2: Refer to PB-11, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 3: Refer to PB-16, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 4: Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-82 N17


BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007031051

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION B


When the brake fluid is full or empty. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns
ON/OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031052

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL E


Check the brake fluid level.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-13, "Inspection".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-62, "Inspection".
BRC
• Type 3: Refer to BR-104, "Inspection".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-150, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill brake fluid.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-13, "Refilling".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-62, "Refilling". H
• Type 3: Refer to BR-104, "Refilling".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-150, "Refilling".
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT I
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. J
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.
K
Brake fluid level switch Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
L
M49*1 36*1
E62 1 Existed
M48*2 11*2
*1: Without Engine coolant temperature gauge M
*2: With Engine coolant temperature gauge
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.
N
Brake fluid level switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 1 Ground Not existed
O

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-83 N17


BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Check brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-84, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-30, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-79, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Type 3: Refer to BR-121, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-179, "Disassembly and Assembly".
5.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-124, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007031053

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector.

Brake fluid level switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid is full in the reservoir tank. Not existed
1−2
When brake fluid is empty in the reservoir tank. Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-30, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-79, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Type 3: Refer to BR-121, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-179, "Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-84 N17


ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ABS WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007031054

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION B


Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031055
E
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected? I
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL J

With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order. K
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION: L
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. M
• TYPE A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• TYPE B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE: N
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
O

Revision: 2012 July BRC-85 N17


BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007031056

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1)


Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to BRC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (3)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031057

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-86 N17


BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation". A
• Type B: Refer to MWI-124, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
B

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-87 N17


EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000007031058

ABS function and EBD function operates in excessive operation frequency.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031059

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE


Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- Type 1: Refer to FAX-11, "Inspection".
- Type 2: Refer to FAX-40, "Inspection".
- Type 3: Refer to FAX-40, "Inspection".
- Type 4: Refer to FAX-83, "Inspection".
• Rear axle
- Type 1: Refer to RAX-8, "Inspection".
- Type 2: Refer to RAX-18, "Inspection".
- Type 3: Refer to RAX-18, "Inspection".
- Type 4: Refer to RAX-28, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor.
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-98, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-100, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair installation or replace sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-102, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-102, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURNS OFF
Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF approx. 1 second after key switch is turned
ON and stay in OFF status during driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-88 N17


EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT. A

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-89 N17


UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
Description INFOID:0000000007031060

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031061

1.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE


Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- Type 1: Refer to FAX-11, "Inspection".
- Type 2: Refer to FAX-40, "Inspection".
- Type 3: Refer to FAX-40, "Inspection".
- Type 4: Refer to FAX-83, "Inspection".
• Rear axle
- Type 1: Refer to RAX-8, "Inspection".
- Type 2: Refer to RAX-18, "Inspection".
- Type 3: Refer to RAX-18, "Inspection".
- Type 4: Refer to RAX-28, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DISC ROTOR
Check disc rotor runout.
• Front
- Type 1: Refer to BR-17, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 2: Refer to BR-66, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 3: Refer to BR-108, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 4: Refer to BR-154, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• Rear
- Type 1: Refer to BR-19, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refinish or replace disc rotor.
• Front
- Type 1: Refer to BR-17, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 2: Refer to BR-66, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 3: Refer to BR-108, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Type 4: Refer to BR-154, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• Rear
- Type 1: Refer to BR-19, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check fluid leakage.
• Front
- Type 1: Refer to BR-25, "FRONT : Inspection".
- Type 2: Refer to BR-74, "FRONT : Inspection".
- Type 3: Refer to BR-116, "FRONT : Inspection".
- Type 4: Refer to BR-169, "FRONT : Inspection".
• Rear
- Type 1: Refer to BR-28, "REAR : Inspection".
- Type 2: Refer to BR-77, "REAR : Inspection".
- Type 3: Refer to BR-119, "REAR : Inspection".
- Type 4: Refer to BR-174, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-90 N17


UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL A


Check each item of brake pedal.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-60, "Inspection and Adjustment".
B
• Type 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust each item of brake pedal.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-60, "Inspection and Adjustment". D
• Type 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE E
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE G
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
I

Revision: 2012 July BRC-91 N17


THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
Description INFOID:0000000007031062

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031063

CAUTION:
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check brake
stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-92 N17


DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
DOES NOT OPERATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000007031064

ABS function and EBD function does not operate. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031065

CAUTION: C
ABS function and EBD function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP
Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF approx. 1 second after key D
switch is turned ON. Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp and stay in OFF status during
driving.
CAUTION: E
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
G

Revision: 2012 July BRC-93 N17


BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
Description INFOID:0000000007031066

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or higher]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031067

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1
Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake pedal.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-71, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 3: Refer to BR-113, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that motor noise from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
Does the operation sound occur?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
NO >> Normal

Revision: 2012 July BRC-94 N17


VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
A
Description INFOID:0000000007031068

The vehicle jerks when ABS function and EBD function operates. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007031069

1.CHECK SYMPTOM C
Check that the vehicle jerks when ABS function and EBD function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> Normal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS E
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected? BRC
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-40, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR G

With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
4. Connect harness connector and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.
J
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION”. K
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-104, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-95 N17


ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
Description INFOID:0000000007738385

ABS warning lamp and Brake warning lamp turn ON for a moment when restating the engine. (Vehicles with
the stop / start system)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007738386

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
The vehicle must be in a stopped state.
2. Connect booster battery (12V) and jumper cable to battery cable.
3. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “ECM”.
4. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST”.
5. Touch “Start”.
CAUTION:
• Since the engine runs with the hood open, special care must be taken when performing the
work.
• If the idling stop state cannot be developed, refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Description (For Thailand)".
6. Check the ABS warning lamp state and the brake warning lamp state when “Cancel” is touched under the
idling stop state.
Are the ABS warning lamp and the brake warning lamp OFF?
YES >> Check the battery. Refer to PG-136, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS :
Work Procedure (With Stop/Start System)".
NO >> Perform Self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-96 N17


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000007031072

B
Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when ABS function and EBD function operates. This is not a malfunction, The symptom C
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending occurs ABS function and EBD function
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, that are normally operated.
gravel road or snowy road.
D
This is not a malfunction, because it is
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
caused by operation check of ABS actua-
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine
tor and electric unit (control unit).
E

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-97 N17


WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000007031073

JPFIC0202GB

1. Front LH wheel sensor 2. Front LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000007031074

REMOVAL
1. Remove tires.
2. Remove the fender protector (front). Refer to EXT-22, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
3. Remove front wheel sensor from steering knuckle.
CAUTION:
Never rotate and never pull front wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
4. Remove front wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-98 N17


WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of steering knuckle and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like A
iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
B
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR E


REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000007031075

BRC
TYPE 1

JSFIA0935GB N

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector
O
: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)


P
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
TYPE 2, TYPE 3, TYPE 4

Revision: 2012 July BRC-99 N17


WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

JPFIC0203GB

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000007031076

REMOVAL
1. Remove rear wheel sensor from back plate.
CAUTION:
Never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
2. Remove rear wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist and never pull rear wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-100 N17


WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1). A
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.
B

JPFIC0209ZZ

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-101 N17


SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000007031077

CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub and bearing assembly as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor can-
not be disassembled.
REMOVAL
Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• Type 1: Refer to FAX-13, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 2: Refer to FAX-42, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 3: Refer to FAX-42, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 4: Refer to FAX-85, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Install wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• Type 1: Refer to FAX-13, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 2: Refer to FAX-42, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 3: Refer to FAX-42, "Removal and Installation".
• Type 4: Refer to FAX-85, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000007031078

REMOVAL
Type 1
1. Remove disc rotor. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from disc brake. Refer to RAX-11, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Type 2
1. Remove brake drum. Refer to RAX-19, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from drum brake. Refer to RAX-20, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Type 3
1. Remove brake drum. Refer to RAX-19, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from drum brake. Refer to RAX-20, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Type 4
1. Remove brake drum. Refer to RAX-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from drum brake. Refer to RAX-30, "Disassembly and Assembly".
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never reuse sensor rotor.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-102 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000007031079

TYPE 1, TYPE 2 B

BRC

JSFIA1121GB
J
1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bushing
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
4. Bracket K
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH caliper E To rear LH caliper F To front RH caliper
L
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)


M
TYPE 3, TYPE 4

Revision: 2012 July BRC-103 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]

JSFIA1122GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bushing
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
4. Bracket
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH wheel cylinder E To rear LH wheel cylinder F To front RH caliper

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000007031080

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
2. Drain brake fluid.
• Type 1: Refer to BR-13, "Draining".
• Type 2: Refer to BR-62, "Draining".
• Type 3: Refer to BR-104, "Draining".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-150, "Draining".
3. Remove air cleaner case and air duct. (RHD)
• HR12DE: Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation".
• HR15DE: Refer to EM-284, "Removal and Installation".
• K9K: Refer to EM-404, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-104 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC (WITH ABS)]
4. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector (1), follow the procedure described below. A
a. Push the pawl (A).
b. Move the lever (B) in the direction (C) until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness B
connector.
5. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench, and then
remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit (control C
unit).
• Type 1: Refer to BR-23, "FRONT : Exploded View". JPFIC0194ZZ
• Type 2: Refer to BR-72, "FRONT : Exploded View". D
• Type 3: Refer to BR-114, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Type 4: Refer to BR-161, "FRONT : Exploded View".
6. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and bracket.
E
CAUTION:
• To prevent damage to the parts, never remove and never install ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) by holding harness connector.
• To prevent damage to the parts, be careful not to drop ABS actuator and electric unit (control BRC
unit) and apply excessive impact to it.
7. Remove bracket and bushing from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
INSTALLATION G
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed. H
• When installing brake tube, tighten to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench so that flare nut
and brake tube are not damaged.
- Type 1: Refer to BR-23, "FRONT : Exploded View".
I
- Type 2: Refer to BR-72, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- Type 3: Refer to BR-114, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- Type 4: Refer to BR-161, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding actuator harness. J
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation.
- Type 1: Refer to BR-14, "Bleeding Brake System".
- Type 2: Refer to BR-63, "Bleeding Brake System". K
- Type 3: Refer to BR-105, "Bleeding Brake System".
- Type 4: Refer to BR-151, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it.
• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har- L
ness connector, move the lever (A) in the direction (B) to secure
the locking.
M

JPFIC0195ZZ
O

Revision: 2012 July BRC-105 N17


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITH VDC]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Information INFOID:0000000008234939

Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Service information Destination


TYPE 1 China production models
TYPE 2 India production models (LHD)
TYPE 3 India production models (RHD)
TYPE 4 Thailand production models
Refer to GI-34, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-106 N17


APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITH VDC]
APPLICATION NOTICE
A
Information INFOID:0000000008234940

In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop / Start System”. B

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-107 N17


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000008243108

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000008243128

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-108 N17


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock A
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000008243129
B

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to C
windshield.

PIIB3706J

BRC
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000008243130

CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always open the hood and G
release the stop/start system.
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000008234950
H
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun. I
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-17, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off J
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value. K
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench. L
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A).
• Always connect the battery terminal when moving the vehicle.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and M
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the N
parts.

O
JPFIA0061ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control System INFOID:0000000008234951

P
• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.
• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.
• To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates. This is not a mal-

Revision: 2012 July BRC-109 N17


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]
function because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function when all of brakes, suspensions and tires installed on
the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and controllability may be negatively
affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used.
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp,
brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others)
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others)
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp brake warning and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not
operate normally for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function.
• ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear
wheel is rotated using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference
between wheel that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-
diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp
turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) stops control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS func-
tion, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. Ordinary brake operates. After power
supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn OFF. The con-
trol becomes operative for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function.
• Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and cornering, when VDC
function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is operated. This is not a malfunction
because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function that is
operated normally.
• VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is extremely slanted (bank in a circuit
course). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function or brake lim-
ited slip differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis,
check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle sharply turns dur-
ing a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator lamp is in ON
status). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function and brake
limited slip differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis,
check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-110 N17


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC]
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000008234952

A
• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]
B

D
SKIB8766E

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn- E
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)
BRC

SKIB8767E H

Revision: 2012 July BRC-111 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000008234953

JSFIA1252ZZ

1. VDC OFF switch 2. TCM* 3. ECM


Refer to TM-152, "A/T CONTROL Refer to EC-29, "ENGINE CON-
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- TROL SYSTEM :
tion" (A/T), TM-354, "CVT CON- Component Parts Location"
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts (HR12DE), EC-766,
Location (RHD)" (CVT). "Component Parts Location"
(HR15DE).
4. Steering angle sensor 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Front wheel sensor
7. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 8. Rear wheel sensor
trol unit)
A. Back of spiral cable assembly B. ABS warning lamp, brake warning C. Brake pedal
lamp, VDC warning lamp, VDC OFF
indicator lamp (in combination
meter)
D. Steering knuckle E. Inside engine room F. Back plate of rear drum brake

*: Models with CVT and A/T

Revision: 2012 July BRC-112 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Component Description INFOID:0000000008234954

Component Reference/Function
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-113, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)" B
Wheel sensor BRC-114, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Stop lamp switch BRC-114, "Stop Lamp Switch"
C
Steering angle sensor BRC-114, "Steering Angle Sensor"
VDC OFF switch BRC-114, "VDC OFF Switch"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-115, "Brake Fluid Level Switch" D
Parking brake switch BRC-115, "Parking Brake Switch"
ABS warning lamp
E
Brake warning lamp
BRC-116, "System Description"
VDC warning lamp
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
CAN communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal G
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication.
• Target throttle position signal
H
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
TCM* CAN communication.
• Current gear position signal
I
*: Models with CVT and A/T
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000008234955

J
Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehensively controls VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) K
• Brake fluid pressure are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR L
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator.
Pump
M
Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). N
Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Actuator Relay (Main Relay) O
Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS IN Valve
P
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS OUT Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-113 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Cut Valve 1, Cut Valve 2
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder, when VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function are activated.
Suction Valve 1, Suction Valve 2
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump, when VDC function, TCS function and brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function are activated.
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each
valve when brake is released.
Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper and wheel cylinder, so that pressure efficiently
decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.
Yaw rate/side/decel G Sensor
Calculates the following information that affects the vehicle, and transmits a signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit)
• Vehicle rotation angular velocity (yaw rate signal)
• Vehicle lateral acceleration (side G signal) and longitudinal acceleration (decel G signal)
Pressure Sensor
Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000008234956

NOTE:
• Wheel sensor of front wheel is installed on steering knuckle.
• Sensor rotor of front wheel is integrated in wheel hub assembly.
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on back plate of rear brake.
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is installed on rear brake drum.
• Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester because sensor is active sensor.
• Downsize and weight reduction is aimed. IC for detection portion
and magnet for sensor rotor are adopted.
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current
signal.
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed.

JPFIC0131GB

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000008234957

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
Steering Angle Sensor INFOID:0000000008235050

Detects the following information and transmits steering angle signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) via CAN communication.
• Steering wheel rotation amount
• Steering wheel rotation angular velocity
• Steering wheel rotation direction
VDC OFF Switch INFOID:0000000008235051

• This is an integrated switch with switches for other functions.


• Non-operational status or standby status of the following functions can be selected using VDC OFF switch.
VDC OFF indicator lamp indicates the operation status of function. (ON: Non-operational status, OFF:
Standby status)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-114 N17


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
- VDC function
NOTE: A
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function control operates.
- TCS function
• VDC OFF indicator lamp turns OFF (standby status) when the engine is started again after it is stopped once
B
while VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON (non-operational status).
Brake Fluid Level Switch INFOID:0000000008235052

C
Detects the brake fluid level in reservoir tank and transmits converted electric signal from combination meter to
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication, when brake fluid level is the specified
level or less.
D
Parking Brake Switch INFOID:0000000008235053

Detects the operation status of parking brake switch and transmits converted electric signal from combination
E
meter to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-115 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000008234958

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder to increase, to hold or to
decrease according to signals from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control
system is applied to VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
TCM are CVT models or A/T models.

JSFIA1253GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal

Revision: 2012 July BRC-116 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Component Signal description
A
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN B
communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
Combination meter
• Brake warning lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
C
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
*: Models with CVT and A/T
D
VALVE OPERATION [VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFEREN-
TIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal- E
ipers and wheel cylinders, respectively, by operating each valve.
When VDC Function, TCS Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is in Operation (During Pres-
sure Increases) BRC

JSFIA0670GB

N
Name Not activated During pressure increases
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close) O
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
P
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and each wheel cylinder (fluid
— Pressure increases
pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases

Revision: 2012 July BRC-117 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the ABS IN
valve. For the left caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The
pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the ABS IN
valve. For the right caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary.
The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder through the ABS
IN valve. For the left wheel cylinder, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnec-
essary. The pressurization for the left wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the right wheel cylinder.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder through the ABS
IN valve. For the right wheel cylinder, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is
unnecessary. The pressurization for the right wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the left wheel cylin-
der.
When VDC Function, TCS Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is Starts Operating (During
Pressure Holds)

JSFIA0677GB

Name Not activated When Pressure holds


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-118 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Name Not activated When Pressure holds
A
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and each wheel cylinder (flu-
— Pressure holds
id pressure)
B
During pressure front RH brake caliper holds
• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the front RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res-
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper. The pressurization for C
the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds
• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the front LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res- D
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper. The pressurization for
the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder holds E
• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the rear RH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH wheel cylinder. The pressuriza-
tion for the left wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the right wheel cylinder. BRC
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder holds
• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the rear LH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH wheel cylinder. The pressuriza- G
tion for the right wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the left wheel cylinder.
When VDC Function, TCS Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is in Operation (During Pres-
sure Decreases) H

JSFIA0678GB

P
Name Not activated When pressure decreases
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-119 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Name Not activated When pressure decreases
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and each wheel cylinder (fluid
— Pressure decreases
pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases


• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 1. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled sepa-
rately from the left caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases
• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled sepa-
rately from the right caliper.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder decreases
• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear RH wheel cylinder is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the right wheel cylinder is controlled
separately from the left wheel cylinder.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder decreases
• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear LH wheel cylinder is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 1. The pressurization for the left wheel cylinder is controlled
separately from the right wheel cylinder.
Component Parts and Function

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Drives the pump according to signals from control unit.
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump.
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder, so that pressure
Reservoir
efficiently decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder.
Pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to control unit.

VALVE OPERATION (ABS FUNCTION)


The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers and/or wheel cylinders, respectively, by operating each valve.
When Brake Pedal is Applied or ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-120 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

BRC

H
JSFIA0679GB

Name Not activated When depressing brake pedal


I
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) J
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) K
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
— Pressure increases
(fluid pressure)
L
During pressure front RH brake caliper increases
• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed. M

During pressure front LH brake caliper increases


• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from N
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder increases O
• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed.
P
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder increases
• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed.
When ABS Function is Starts Operating (During Pressure Holds)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-121 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

JSFIA0680GB

Name Not activated When Pressure holds


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
— Pressure holds
(fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper holds


• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear RH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH wheel cylinder.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear LH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH wheel cylinder.
ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-122 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

BRC

H
JSFIA0681GB

Name Not activated When pressure decreases


I
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) J
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open) K
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
— Pressure decreases
(fluid pressure)
L
During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump. M

During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases


• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front LH N
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder decreases O
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear RH
wheel cylinder is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
P
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear LH
wheel cylinder is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-123 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

JSFIA0679GB

Name Not activated When depressing brake pedal


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
— Pressure increases
(fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases


• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the

Revision: 2012 July BRC-124 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open). A
When Brake Release

BRC

I
JSFIA0682GB

Name Not activated When pressure decreases


J
Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) K
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
L
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and/or each wheel cylinder
— Pressure decreases
(fluid pressure)
M
During front RH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder.
N
During front LH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder. O
During rear RH wheel cylinder release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder. P
During rear LH wheel cylinder release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder.
Component Parts and Function

Revision: 2012 July BRC-125 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Drives the pump according to signals from control unit.
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump.
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder, so that pressure
Reservoir
efficiently decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and/or wheel cylinder.
Pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to control unit.

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP


Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.

Condition (status) ABS warning lamp Brake warning lamp VDC warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF OFF OFF
For approx. 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON ON ON
Approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON (when before
OFF ON OFF
the engine starts and the system is in normal operation)
After engine starts (when the system is in normal operation) OFF OFF OFF
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) OFF ON OFF
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level
OFF ON OFF
switch ON)
VDC function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
TCS function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
ABS function is malfunctioning ON OFF ON
EBD function is malfunctioning ON ON ON
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
VDC function is operating OFF OFF Blinking
TCS function is operating OFF OFF Blinking
ABS function is operating OFF OFF OFF
EBD function is operating OFF OFF OFF
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is operating OFF OFF Blinking

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE INDICATOR LAMP


• Turns ON when VDC function and TCS function are switched to non-operational status (OFF) by VDC OFF
switch.
• Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.

Condition (status) VDC OFF indicator lamp


Ignition switch OFF OFF
For approx. 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON
Approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON (when the sys-
OFF
tem is in normal operation)
After engine starts (when the system is in normal operation) OFF
When VDC OFF switch is ON (VDC function and TCS function are
ON
OFF)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-126 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000008235055

BRC

P
JSFIA1251GB

Fail-safe INFOID:0000000008234959

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-

Revision: 2012 July BRC-127 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
ferential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated
normally.
ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function.

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition


C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit. The following functions are sus-
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state. pended.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power • VDC function
supply voltage • TCS function
C1106
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • ABS function
large. • EBD function (only when more
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- than 3 wheels are malfunction-
mal. ing)
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit. • Brake limited slip differential
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state. (BLSD) function
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-128 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state. The following functions are sus-
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage. pended.
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage. • VDC function
• TCS function B
• ABS function
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • EBD function
C1110
unit). • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function C
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function D
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function E
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
BRC
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during • TCS function
C1115
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential G
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
H
• ABS function
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates.
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function I
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve. pended. J
• VDC function
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. • TCS function
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve. • ABS function
• EBD function K
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • Brake limited slip differential
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve. (BLSD) function

C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve. L


The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function M
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
N
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
• TCS function O
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
• ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function P

Revision: 2012 July BRC-129 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
C1142 When a malfunction is detected in pressure sensor.
C1143 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1144 When neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor is not complete.
• VDC function
• When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate sensor signal. • TCS function
C1145
• When an open or short circuit is detected in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor circuit. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
• When a malfunction is detected in side G sensor signal.
C1146
• When an open or short circuit is detected in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor circuit.
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning. (Pressure in-
C1153 • TCS function
crease is too much or too little)
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• When brake fluid level low signal is detected. • VDC function
C1155
• When an open or short circuit is detected in brake fluid level switch circuit. • TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1164 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1165 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2.
• VDC function
C1166 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
C1167 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1170 When the information in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not the same. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2 The following functions are sus-
U1000
seconds or more. pended.
• VDC function
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving • TCS function
U1002 • Brake limited slip differential
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.
(BLSD) function

VDC FUNCTION
VDC FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000008235056

• Side slip or tail slip may occur while driving on a slippery road or intending an urgent evasive driving. VDC
function detects side slip status using each sensor when side slip or tail slip is about to occur and improves
vehicle stability by brake control and engine output control during driving.
• In addition to ABS function, EBD function and TCS function, target side slip amount is calculated according
to steering operation amount from steering angle sensor. By comparing this information with vehicle side slip
amount that is calculated from information from yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and wheel sensor, vehicle driv-

Revision: 2012 July BRC-130 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
ing conditions (conditions of understeer or oversteer) are judged and vehicle stability is improved by brake
force control on all 4 wheels and engine output control. A

JSFIA0672GB D
• VDC function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by operating VDC OFF switch. In this case,
VDC OFF indicator lamp turns ON.
• Control unit portion automatically improves driving stability by performing brake force control as well as
engine output control, by transmitting drive signal to actuator portion according to difference between target E
side slip amount and vehicle side slip amount.
• VDC warning lamp blinks while VDC function is in operation and indicates to the driver that the function is in
operation. BRC
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in VDC function, the control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the
same as models without VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. G
However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-127, "Fail-safe".
NOTE:
VDC has the characteristic as described here, This is not the device that helps reckless driving. H
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
TCM are CVT models or A/T models. I

JSFIA0659GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-131 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Component Signal description


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Acceleration pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
• Parking brake switch signal
Combination meter
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• VDC warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
*: Models with CVT or A/T
OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS
VDC Function That Prevents Oversteer Tendency
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the outer
side of turn. Moment directing towards the outer side of turn is generated. Oversteer is prevented.

JPFIC0135GB

• Changing driving lane on a slippery road, when oversteer tendency is judged large, engine output is con-
trolled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of 4 wheels. Oversteer tendency decreases.

JPFIC0136GB

VDC Function That Prevents Understeer Tendency

Revision: 2012 July BRC-132 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the inner
side of turn. Moment directing towards the inner side of turn is generated. Understeer is prevented. A

JPFIC0137GB D

• Applying braking during a cornering on a slippery road, when understeer tendency is judged large, engine
output is controlled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of four wheels. Understeer tendency
E
decreases.

BRC

JPFIC0138GB
H
TCS FUNCTION
TCS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000008235057 I

• Wheel spin status of drive wheel is detected by wheel sensor of 4


wheels. Engine output and transmission shift status is controlled J
so that slip rate of drive wheels is in appropriate level. When wheel
spin occurs on drive wheel, ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) perform brake force control of LH and RH drive wheels (apply
brake force by increasing brake fluid pressure of drive wheel) and K
decrease engine torque by engine torque control. Wheel spin
amount decreases. Engine torque is controlled to appropriate
level. L
• TCS function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by
operating VDC OFF switch. In this case, VDC OFF indicator lamp
turns ON.
• VDC warning lamp blinks while TCS function is in operation and M
indicates to the driver that the function is in operation.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in TCS N
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle sta-
tus becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, O
ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to
BRC-127, "Fail-safe".
P
JPFIC0139GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:

Revision: 2012 July BRC-133 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
TCM are CVT models or A/T models.

JSFIA0659GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
• Parking brake switch signal
Combination meter
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• VDC warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
*: Models with CVT or A/T
ABS FUNCTION
ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000008234960

• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can
be easily bypassed by steering operation.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-134 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status. A
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking.
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
B
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak-
ing driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking. C
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, D
ABS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differ-
ential (BLSD) function. However, EBD function is operated nor- E
mally. Refer to BRC-127, "Fail-safe".
NOTE:
• ABS has the characteristic as described here, but it is not the BRC
device that helps reckless driving.
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
brake operates at low speed [approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less,
but differs subject to road conditions). G
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 15
JPFIC0140GB
km/h (9.3 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagno- H
sis. In addition, brake pedal may be felt heavy when depressing brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not
malfunctions.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I

P
JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-135 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter
• VDC warning lamp signal
• ABS warning lamp signal

EBD FUNCTION
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000008234961

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur-
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers).

JPFIC0142GB

• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front


and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig-
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function,
ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. Refer to BRC-
127, "Fail-safe".

JPFIC0143GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-136 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A

BRC

H
JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. I

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN J
communication.
Combination meter • VDC warning lamp signal
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal K

BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION


BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION : System Description L
INFOID:0000000008235058

• LH and RH driving wheel spin is always monitored. If necessary, appropriate brake force is independently
applied to LH or RH driving wheel so that one-sided wheel spin is avoided and traction is maintained. Mainly M
starting ability is improved.
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates while VDC function is in non-operational status (OFF)
by VDC OFF switch. N
• VDC warning lamp blinking while brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is in operation and indicates
to the driver that the function is in operation.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when brake limited slip differen-
O
tial (BLSD) function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function,
the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. P
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-
127, "Fail-safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:

Revision: 2012 July BRC-137 N17


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
TCM are CVT models or A/T models.

JSFIA0659GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Combination meter • Parking brake switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• VDC warning lamp signal
*: Models with CVT or A/T

Revision: 2012 July BRC-138 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
A
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000008234962
B
APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.
C
Mode Function description
ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
DATA MONITOR Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and elec- E
ACTIVE TEST
tric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Work support Components can be quickly and accurately adjusted.
*
: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.
BRC
• DTC
• Freeze frame data (FFD)
G
ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT H
Refer to BRC-150, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,
• The system is presently malfunctioning. I

When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,


• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal. J
Freeze frame data (FFD)

Item name Display item K


The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres-
L
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 − 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self-diagnosis M
is erased.

DATA MONITOR
NOTE: N
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
×: Applicable
O
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis- P
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-139 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off)
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
× ×
(V) unit) is displayed.

GEAR*1 × × Gear position determined by TCM.


OFF SW
× × VDC OFF switch status is displayed.
(On/Off)
YAW RATE SEN
× × Yaw rate detected by yaw rate/side G sensor.
(d/s)
ACCEL POS SIG Throttle actuator opening/closing is displayed.
×
(%) (Linked with accelerator pedal)
SIDE G-SENSOR
× Transverse G detected by yaw rate/side G sensor.
(m/s2)
STR ANGLE SIG
× Steering angle detected by steering angle sensor.
(°)
PRESS SENSOR
× Brake fluid pressure detected by pressure sensor.
(bar)
ENGINE SPEED
× Engine speed status is displayed.
[tr/min (rpm)]
FLUID LEV SW
× Brake fluid level switch signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
PARK BRAKE SW
× Parking brake switch signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR RH IN SOL
× Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed
(On/Off)
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
MOTOR RELAY
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)

ACTUATOR RLY *2 × ABS actuator relay status is displayed.


(On/Off)
ABS WARN LAMP
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *3
(On/Off)
OFF LAMP
× VDC OFF indicator lamp status is displayed.*3
(On/Off)
SLIP/VDC LAMP
× VDC warning lamp status is displayed.*3
(On/Off)
EBD WARN LAMP
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *3

Revision: 2012 July BRC-140 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
EBD SIGNAL
EBD operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
B
ABS SIGNAL
ABS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
TCS SIGNAL
TCS operation status is displayed. C
(On/Off)
VDC SIGNAL
VDC operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
D
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS fail-safe signal status is displayed. E
(On/Off)
TCS FAIL SIG
TCS fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
VDC FAIL SIG
BRC
VDC fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
CRANKING SIG
Crank operation
(On/Off) G
USV[FR-RL]*2 Cut valve 1 operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
H
USV[FL-RR]*2 Cut valve 2 operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)

HSV[FR-RL]*2 Suction valve 1 operation status is displayed. I


(On/Off)

HSV[FL-RR]*2 Suction valve 2 operation status is displayed.


(On/Off)
J
V/R OUTPUT*2 Solenoid valve relay activated.
(On/Off)
M/R OUTPUT K
Actuator motor and motor relay activated.
(On/Off)
*1: Models with CVT or A/T
*2: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for L
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*3: Refer to BRC-116, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.
ACTIVE TEST M
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test result
sand data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its N
operation.
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test. O
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is P
not a malfunction.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.
ABS IN Valve and ABS OUT Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-141 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Display
Test item Display Item
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR RH SOL
USV[FR-RL] Off Off Off
HSV[FR-RL] Off Off Off
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH SOL
USV[FL-RR] Off Off Off
HSV[FL-RR] Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH SOL
USV[FL-RR] Off Off Off
HSV[FL-RR] Off Off Off
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH SOL
USV[FR-RL] Off Off Off
HSV[FR-RL] Off Off Off
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS IN Valve (ACT) and ABS OUT Valve (ACT)
When “Up”, “ACT Up” or “ACT KEEP” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when
system is normal.

Display
Test item Display Item
Up ACT Up ACT KEEP
FR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off
FR RH SOL (ACT)
USV[FR-RL] Off On On
HSV[FR-RL] Off On* Off
FR LH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off
FR LH SOL (ACT)
USV[FL-RR] Off On On
HSV[FL-RR] Off On* Off
RR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off
RR RH SOL (ACT)
USV[FL-RR] Off On On
HSV[FL-RR] Off On* Off
RR LH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off
RR LH SOL (ACT)
USV[FR-RL] Off On On
HSV[FR-RL] Off On* Off
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS Motor
When “On” or “Off” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is normal.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-142 N17


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC]

Display A
Test item Display Item
On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ABS MOTOR B
ACTUATOR RLY* On On

*: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction. C
WORK SUPPORT

Conditions Description D
ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor.

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-143 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000008234963

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation


Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Brake pedal depressed On
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal not depressed Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
1st gear 0
2nd gear 1
3rd gear 2
4th gear 3
GEAR*2 5th gear 4
6th gear 5
7th gear 6
8th gear 7
Other 0
VDC OFF switch ON
On
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON)
OFF SW
VDC OFF switch OFF
Off
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF)
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 d/s
YAW RATE SEN Vehicle turning right Negative value
Vehicle turning left Positive value
Accelerator pedal not depressed
0%
(ignition switch is ON)
ACCEL POS SIG
Depress accelerator pedal
0 – 100%
(ignition switch is ON)
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 m/s2
SIDE G-SENSOR Vehicle turning right Negative value
Vehicle turning left Positive value
Driving straight ±2.5°
STR ANGLE SIG Turn 90° to right Approx. +90°
Turn 90° to left Approx. −90°

Revision: 2012 July BRC-144 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
A
With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal re-
Approx. 0 bar
leased
PRESS SENSOR
With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal de-
−40 to 300 bar B
pressed
With engine stopped 0 rpm
ENGINE SPEED Almost in accordance with tachometer
Engine running C
display
When brake fluid level switch ON On
FLUID LEV SW
When brake fluid level switch OFF Off
D
Parking brake switch is active On
PARK BRAKE SW
Parking brake switch is inactive Off
Active On E
FR RH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
FR RH OUT SOL BRC
Inactive Off
Active On
FR LH IN SOL
Inactive Off G
Active On
FR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
H
Active On
RR RH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On I
RR RH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
RR LH IN SOL J
Inactive Off
Active On
RR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off K
Active On
MOTOR RELAY
Inactive Off
Active On L
ACTUATOR RLY *3
Inactive (in fail-safe mode) Off

When ABS warning lamp is ON*4 On


M
ABS WARN LAMP
When ABS warning lamp is OFF*4 Off

When brake warning lamp is ON*4 On


EBD WARN LAMP N
When brake warning lamp is OFF*4 Off

When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON*4 On


OFF LAMP
O
When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF*4 Off

When VDC warning lamp is ON*4 On


SLIP/VDC LAMP
When VDC warning lamp is OFF*4 Off P
EBD is active On
EBD SIGNAL
EBD is inactive Off
ABS is active On
ABS SIGNAL
ABS is inactive Off

Revision: 2012 July BRC-145 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
TCS is active On
TCS SIGNAL
TCS is inactive Off
VDC is active On
VDC SIGNAL
VDC is inactive Off
In EBD fail-safe On
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD is normal Off
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS is normal Off
In TCS fail-safe On
TCS FAIL SIG
TCS is normal Off
In VDC fail-safe On
VDC FAIL SIG
VDC is normal Off
Crank is active On
CRANKING SIG
Crank is inactive Off
Active On
USV[FL-RR]*3
Inactive Off
Active On
USV[FR-RL]*3
Inactive Off
Active On
HSV[FL-RR]*3
Inactive Off
Active On
HSV[FR-RL]*3
Inactive Off
Active On
V/R OUTPUT*3
Inactive Off
Active On
M/R OUTPUT
Inactive Off
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Models with CVT or A/T
*3: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*4: Refer to BRC-116, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000008234964

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated
normally.
ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION

Revision: 2012 July BRC-146 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD func- A
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function.
B
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit. D
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow- E
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not BRC
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit. The following functions are sus-
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state. pended. G
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power • VDC function
supply voltage • TCS function
C1106
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • ABS function
large. • EBD function (only when more H
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- than 3 wheels are malfunction-
mal. ing)
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function I
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor J
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
K
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage L
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal. M
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state. The following functions are sus-
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage. pended.
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage. • VDC function
N
• TCS function
• ABS function
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • EBD function
C1110
unit). • Brake limited slip differential O
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
P
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

Revision: 2012 July BRC-147 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during • TCS function
C1115
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• ABS function
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates.
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve. pended.
• VDC function
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. • TCS function
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve. • ABS function
• EBD function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • Brake limited slip differential
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve. (BLSD) function

C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.


The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
• ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1142 When a malfunction is detected in pressure sensor.
C1143 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1144 When neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor is not complete.
• VDC function
• When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate sensor signal. • TCS function
C1145
• When an open or short circuit is detected in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor circuit. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
• When a malfunction is detected in side G sensor signal.
C1146
• When an open or short circuit is detected in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor circuit.
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning. (Pressure in-
C1153 • TCS function
crease is too much or too little)
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• When brake fluid level low signal is detected. • VDC function
C1155
• When an open or short circuit is detected in brake fluid level switch circuit. • TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

Revision: 2012 July BRC-148 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
C1164 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1165 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2.
• VDC function
C1166 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • TCS function B
• ABS function
• EBD function
C1167 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function C
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function D
C1170 When the information in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not the same. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function E
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2 The following functions are sus-
U1000
seconds or more. pended.
• VDC function
BRC
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving • TCS function
U1002 • Brake limited slip differential
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.
(BLSD) function
G
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000008234965

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.
H
Priority Detected item (DTC)
• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1 I
• U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN)
• C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
2 • C1153 EMERGENCY BRAKE
• C1170 VARIANT CORDING J
• C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
3
• C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] K
4 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
L

Revision: 2012 July BRC-149 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
Priority Detected item (DTC)
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
• C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1116 STOP LAMP SW
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
5
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
• C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
• C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
• C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
• C1164 CV1
• C1165 CV2
• C1166 SV1
• C1167 SV2
6 • C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW

DTC Index INFOID:0000000008234966

DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference


C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-159, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
BRC-162, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-168, "DTC Logic"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-170, "DTC Logic"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-171, "DTC Logic"
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-173, "DTC Logic"
C1116 STOP LAMP SW BRC-179, "DTC Logic"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-183, "DTC Logic"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-185, "DTC Logic"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-183, "DTC Logic"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-185, "DTC Logic"
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-183, "DTC Logic"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-185, "DTC Logic"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-183, "DTC Logic"
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-185, "DTC Logic"
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 BRC-187, "DTC Logic"

Revision: 2012 July BRC-150 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC]
DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference
A
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-188, "DTC Logic"
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT BRC-190, "DTC Logic"
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT BRC-192, "DTC Logic" B
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL BRC-194, "DTC Logic"
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
BRC-195, "DTC Logic"
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT C
C1153 EMERGENCY BRAKE BRC-170, "DTC Logic"
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW BRC-196, "DTC Logic"
D
C1164 CV 1
BRC-199, "DTC Logic"
C1165 CV 2
C1166 SV 1 E
BRC-201, "DTC Logic"
C1167 SV 2
C1170 VARIANT CORDING BRC-170, "DTC Logic"
BRC
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-203, "DTC Logic"
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) BRC-204, "DTC Logic"
G

Revision: 2012 July BRC-151 N17


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC]

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000008234968

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layout, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".

JRFWC0155GB

Revision: 2012 July BRC-152 N17


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000008234970
B

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER C
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-154, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary. D
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM BRC

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-146, "Fail-
safe". G
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction. H

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and freeze frame data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. K
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results. L
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on M
BRC-149, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART O
• Repair or replace error-detected parts.
• Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
• When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”. P

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-153 N17


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-42,
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000008234971

Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)
† Does not operate ( ) function
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )


ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-154 N17


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
Interview sheet
A
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
B
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)

Other conditions
C
Memo

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-155 N17


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELEC-
TRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000008235067

When replaced the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), Perform decel G sensor calibration. Refer to
BRC-157, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-156 N17


ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000008235068

Always adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor before driving when the following operation is per- B
formed.
×: Required —: Not required

Procedure Adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor C


Removing/ installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Removing/installing steering angle sensor × D
Replacing steering angle sensor ×
Removing/installing steering components ×
E
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/installing suspension components ×
Replacing suspension components × BRC
Removing/installing tire —
Replacing tire —
G
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment. ×

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000008235069


H

CAUTION:
Always use CONSULT when adjusting the neutral position of steering angle sensor. (It cannot be I
adjusted other than with CONSULT.)
1.CHECK THE VEHICLE STATUS
Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position. J
Does the vehicle stay in the straight-ahead position?
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
NO >> Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle.
2.ADJUST NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
With CONSULT L
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine. M
2. Select “ABS”, “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” in this order.
3. Select “START”.
CAUTION:
Never touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor. N
4. After approx. 10 seconds, select “END”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, and then turn it ON again.
CAUTION: O
Be sure to perform the operation above.

>> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT
1. The vehicle is either pointing straight ahead, or the vehicle needs to be moved. Stop when it is pointing
straight ahead.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR”, “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” and “STR ANGLE SIG” in the order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-157 N17


ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC]

STR ANGLE SIG : 0±2.5°


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 1.
4.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY
With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result of “ABS”.
Are the memories erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-158 N17


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234972
B

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


C
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
D
When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel • Harness or connector
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit. • Wheel sensor
When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 E
sensor circuit. (control unit)

When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel


C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
I
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle. J
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-159, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234973
L
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR M

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor. P
- Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-159 N17


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-160 N17


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
19 E75 (Front LH wheel)
B
16 E74 (Front RH wheel)
E91 1 Existed
31 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
17 B2 (Rear RH wheel) C
Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 E75 (Front LH wheel)
4 E74 (Front RH wheel) E
E91 2 Existed
18 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
29 B2 (Rear RH wheel)
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 8.
G
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. H
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. I
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END K

9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)


With CONSULT L
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". M
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. N
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected? O
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END P

Revision: 2012 July BRC-161 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234974

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and
rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and
rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear • Harness or connector
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal. • Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel (control unit)
sensor circuit. • Sensor rotor
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor
and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and
front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-162 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234975
B
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C

Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-206, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure". BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT H
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” I
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. J
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- K
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. L
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. M
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR O

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the P
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-163 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-164 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? A
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL B

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
C
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
E
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. BRC
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine. G
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: H
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting I
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
J
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT K
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. L
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. N
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
19, 8
16, 4
E91 Ground Not existed
31, 18
17, 29
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-165 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT

Revision: 2012 July BRC-166 N17


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-229, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation". A
- Rear: Refer to BRC-229, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
B
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. C
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion". D
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-167 N17


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234976

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When ignition power supply voltage is in following • Harness or connector
state. • ABS actuator and electric unit
BATTERY VOLTAGE - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition pow- (control unit)
C1109
[ABNORMAL] er supply voltage. • Fuse
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition pow- • Ignition power supply system
er supply voltage. • Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234977

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 28 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-168 N17


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 28 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53). D
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector. E

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal BRC
E91 28 E35 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
G
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
E91 28 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-25, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -"
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity L
Connector Terminal
13
E91 Ground Existed
38 M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N

6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har- O
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-169 N17


C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234978

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS ac-
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
tuator and electric unit (control unit).
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is
ABS actuator and electric unit
C1153 EMERGENCY BRAKE malfunctioning. (Pressure increase is too much or too
(control unit)
little)
When the information in ABS actuator and electric
C1170 VARIANT CORDING
unit (control unit) is not the same.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110”, “C1153” or “C1170” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234979

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110”, “C1153” or “C1170” is
displayed in self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-170 N17


C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234980

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor re-
C1111 PUMP MOTOR (control unit)
lay.
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234981

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 1 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-171 N17


C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 1 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E91 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-172 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234982

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel • Wheel sensor
ABS SENSOR
C1115 and others is detected during the vehicle is driven, • Sensor rotor
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. H
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? I
YES >> Proceed to BRC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234983
J

CAUTION:
For wheel sensor, never check between terminals. K
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-206, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M

2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. O
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
P
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-173 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2012 July BRC-174 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

8.CHECK CONNECTOR A
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
C
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. D
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” E
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. BRC
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3) H

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. I
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. L
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3) N
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector. O
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
P
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-175 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
19 E75 (Front LH wheel)
16 E74 (Front RH wheel)
E91 1 Existed
31 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
17 B2 (Rear RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 E75 (Front LH wheel)
4 E74 (Front RH wheel)
E91 2 Existed
18 B3 (Rear LH wheel)
29 B2 (Rear RH wheel)
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
19, 8
16, 4
E91 Ground Not existed
31, 18
17, 29
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-176 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. A
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
B
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
C
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5) D
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. E
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17. BRC
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)
G
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". H
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine. I
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. J
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- K
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19. L
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. M
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? N
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR O

With CONSULT
1. Replace sensor rotor. P
- Front: Refer to BRC-229, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-229, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-177 N17


C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2012 July BRC-178 N17


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235070

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• Stop lamp switch
When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake
C1116 STOP LAMP SW • ABS actuator and electric unit
pedal operates.
(control unit)
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235071

NOTE: J
DTC “C1116” may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction.
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER K

Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
driving the vehicle.
L
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. N
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION: O
Never start the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
P
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON.
Does stop lamp turn ON?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-179 N17


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check stop lamp circuit, and GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 6.
6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-182, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-159, "Removal and Installation". GO TO 8.
8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-180 N17


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9. A
9.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
B
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector. C
5. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
6. Check stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 10. E
10.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. BRC
2. Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. G
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor H
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 11. J
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

L
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V M
E91 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. N

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Condition Voltage O
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed 10 − 16 V
E91 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 12.
12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-181 N17


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop lamp
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E58*1
E91 30 2 Existed
E59*2
*1: Except for M/T
*2: With M/T
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E91 30 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 13.
13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (5)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-144, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000008235072

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Stop lamp switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1–2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-159, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-182 N17


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234984

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN C
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN • Harness or connector
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve. D
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN • Fusible link
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN E
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


BRC
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H

With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-183, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234985

K
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. N
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V

Revision: 2012 July BRC-183 N17


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 4.
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E91 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-184 N17


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234986

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT C
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT • Harness or connector
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve. D
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT • Fusible link
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT E
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


BRC
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H

With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-185, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234987

K
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. N
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V

Revision: 2012 July BRC-185 N17


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 4.
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E91 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-186 N17


C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235073

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• ECM C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
(control unit)
• CAN communication line
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
H
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235074

1.CHECK ENGINE SYSTEM J


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) L

With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. M
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait 10 second or more.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check that the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) turns OFF. N
6. After the vehicle stops, perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa- O
tion".
NO >> Check pin terminals and connection of each harness connector for abnormal conditions. Repair or
replace error-detected parts. P

Revision: 2012 July BRC-187 N17


C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234988

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay. (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234989

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-188 N17


C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 4. C
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. D
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M). E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -". BRC
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D). H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -". I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

K
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13 L
E91 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL N
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
P

Revision: 2012 July BRC-189 N17


C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235075

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Stop lamp switch system
When a malfunction is detected in VDC pressure sen- • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
sor. (control unit)
• VDC pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1142” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235076

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SYSTEM


Check stop lamp switch system. Refer to EXL-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check brake fluid leakage. Refer to BR-150, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE PIPING
Check brake piping.
• FRONT: Refer to BR-169, "FRONT : Inspection".
• REAR: Refer to BR-174, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL
Check brake pedal. Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
Revision: 2012 July BRC-190 N17
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Check brake master cylinder. Refer to BR-180, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER B

Check brake booster. Refer to BR-183, "Inspection and Adjustment".


Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK VACUUM PIPING D
Check vacuum piping. Refer to BR-185, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FRONT DISC BRAKE BRC
Check front disc brake. Refer to BR-193, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK REAR DRUM BRAKE H
Check rear drum brake. Refer to BR-197, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
J
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. K
Is DTC “C1142” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion". L
NO >> Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and terminal for damage,
looseness and disconnection. Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M

Revision: 2012 July BRC-191 N17


C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235077

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sen-
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT (control unit)
sor.
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system
• CAN communication line

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1143” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235078

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1143” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M130 4 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2012 July BRC-192 N17


C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground. A

Steering angle sensor


— Voltage
Connector Terminal B
M130 4 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1) D
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
4. Check continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering angle sensor IPDM E/R BRC


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M130 4 E35 56 Existed
G
5. Check for continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and the ground.

Steering angle sensor H


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M130 4 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-25, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -"
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
5.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. K
2. Check continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor L


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M130 1 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check steering angle sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE P

Check “STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT”. Refer to LAN-48, "Diagnosis Procedure".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. Refer to BRC-111, "Precaution for Harness Repair".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-193 N17


C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235079

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When neutral position adjustment of steering angle
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL (control unit)
sensor is not complete.
• Incomplete neutral position ad-
justment of steering angle sen-
sor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1144” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235080

1.ADJUST THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-157, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1144” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SYSTEM
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering angle sensor system. Refer to BRC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-194 N17


C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235081

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector C
When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal, or sig-
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR nal line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is open or short-
• ABS actuator and electric unit
ed.
(control unit)
D
When a malfunction is detected in side G signal, or signal
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is open or shorted.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. H
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1145” or “C1146” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235082
J

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1145” or “C1146” is displayed K
in self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-195 N17


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235083

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• When brake fluid level low signal is detected. • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW • When an open circuit is detected in brake fluid level (control unit)
switch circuit. • Brake fluid level switch
• Combination meter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235084

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check brake fluid level. Refer to BR-150, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill brake fluid. Refer to BR-150, "Refilling".
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Check brake fluids level switch. Refer to BRC-198, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-179, "Disassembly and Assembly". GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-196 N17


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. A
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: B
Never start the engine.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL D
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check brake fluid level switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness. E
4. Check brake fluid level switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
6. Check combination meter harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check combination meter pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 6. G

6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT H
1. Connect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
2. Connect combination meter harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. I
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine. J
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH HARNESS L
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con- M
nector.

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter N


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M48*1 11*1 O
E62 1 Existed
M49*2 36*2
*1: With engine coolant temperature gauge
*2: Without engine coolant temperature gauge P
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2012 July BRC-197 N17


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 8.
8.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 9.
9.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter.
• TYPE A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• TYPE B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter.
• TYPE A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• TYPE B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information"
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000008235085

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminals of brake fluid level switch.

Brake fluid level switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is within the specified level. Not existed
1–2 When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is less than the specified
Existed
level.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. Refer to BR-179, "Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-198 N17


C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235086

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


C1164 CV1 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. • Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
C1165 CV2 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2. • Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235087

J
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
M
Is DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-199 N17


C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4.
NO (with Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E91 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-200 N17


C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008235088

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


C1166 SV1 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
C1167 SV2 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1166” or “C1167” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235089

J
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
M
Is DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-201 N17


C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4.
NO (with Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP / START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E91 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-202 N17


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000008234990

CAN communication allows a high rate of information transmission through the two communication lines B
(CAN-H line and CAN-L line) connecting various control units in the system. Each control unit transmits/
receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234991 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


D
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When CAN communication signal is not continuously CAN communication system mal-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more function E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING BRC
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. I
Is DTC “U1000” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234992

Proceed to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". K

Revision: 2012 July BRC-203 N17


U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000008234993

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000008234994

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not • CAN communication line
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 • ABS actuator and electric unit
seconds or less. (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1002” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-204, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234995

CAUTION:
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
1. Select “ABS” and “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” in order with CONSULT.
2. Check malfunction history between each control unit connected to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
Check the result of “PAST”?
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 2.
“METER/M&A” is other than “OK” (Without Engine coolant temperature gauge)>>GO TO 3.
“METER/M&A” is other than “OK” (With Engine coolant temperature gauge)>>GO TO 4.
A control unit other than ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and “METER/M&A” are anything other
than “OK”>>GO TO 5.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (14) and (26) for damage
or loose connection.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-204 N17


U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT. A
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER (WITHOUT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE) B
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (14) and combination meter harness connector terminal (10).
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con- C
nector terminal (26) and combination meter harness connector terminal (8).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results for “METER/M&A”. Then perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A” D
with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". E
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER (WITH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE)
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (14) and combination meter harness connector terminal (2). BRC
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminal (26) and combination meter harness connector terminal (1).
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results for “METER/M&A”. Then perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A”
with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness H
Repair".
5.CHECK APPLICABLE CONTROL UNIT
I
Check damage or loose connection of each CAN communication line harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for applicable control unit with CON- J
SULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-7, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
K

Revision: 2012 July BRC-205 N17


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008234996

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 28 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 28 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E91 28 E35 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E91 28 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply. Refer to PG-25, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 1 Ground 10 − 16 V

Revision: 2012 July BRC-206 N17


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 1 Ground 10 − 16 V C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. D

4.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) I


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
J
3. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. K

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage L
Connector Terminal
E91 25 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO (Without stop / start system)>>GO TO 6.
NO (With stop / start system)>>GO TO 7. N
6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITHOUT
STOP / START SYSTEM)
O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M). P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP /
START SYSTEM)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-207 N17


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E91 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-208 N17


PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008235000

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION B


Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235001

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT E


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
BRC
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

G
Parking brake switch Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M49*1 37*1 H
M86 1 Existed
*2 *2
M48 10
*1: Without Engine coolant temperature gauge
I
*2: With Engine coolant temperature gauge
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

J
Parking brake switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M86 1 Ground Not existed K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-210, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation". N
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function". O
• Type B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-124, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:

Revision: 2012 July BRC-209 N17


PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000008235002

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Remove parking brake switch. Refer to PB-21, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector.

Parking brake switch


— Condition Continuity
Terminal
When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground
When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-6, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-210 N17


VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VDC OFF SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008235090

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH OPERATION B


Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235091
D

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect VDC OFF switch harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and VDC OFF
BRC
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) VDC OFF switch
Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E91 15 M136 1 Existed
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. H

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity I
Connector Terminal
E91 15 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT K
Check continuity between VDC OFF switch harness connector and ground.
L
VDC OFF switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M136 2 Ground Existed M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
3.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH
Check VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-212, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installation". P
4.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect VDC OFF switch harness connector.
3. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF SW” according to this order. Check VDC OFF switch signal.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-211 N17


VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

Condition DATA MONITOR


When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator
On
lamp in combination meter is in ON status
When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator
Off
lamp in combination meter is in OFF status
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check VDC OFF switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000008235092

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect triple switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminals of VDC OFF switch connector.

VDC OFF switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When VDC OFF switch is pressed Existed
1–2
When VDC OFF switch is not pressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-212 N17


ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
ABS WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008235006

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION B


Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235007
E
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected? I
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-150, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL J

With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order. K
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION: L
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. M
• TYPE A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• TYPE B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE: N
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
O

Revision: 2012 July BRC-213 N17


BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008235008

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1)


Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to BRC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (3)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235009

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-150, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• Type B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-214 N17


BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter.
• Type A: Refer to MWI-63, "Removal and Installation". A
• Type B: Refer to MWI-124, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
B

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-215 N17


VDC WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VDC WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008235093

1.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP FUNCTION


Check that VDC warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235094

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-150, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “SLIP/VDC LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON, and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter.
• TYPE A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• TYPE B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-216 N17


VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008235095

1.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (1) B


Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch
is turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK VDC INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (2)
E
Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END BRC
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235096

G
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit. H
Refer to BRC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (1) J
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
K
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON, and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa- M
tion".
3.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (2)
N
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF LAMP” according to this order.
2. Check that data monitor displays “On” or “Off” each time when VDC OFF switch is operated.
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter.
• TYPE A: Refer to MWI-24, "CONSULT Function".
• TYPE B: Refer to MWI-86, "CONSULT Function". P
NOTE:
About combination meter type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-217 N17


EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000008235010

VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
operates in excessive operation frequency.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235011

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE


Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle: Refer to FAX-83, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-28, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor.
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-226, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-227, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair installation or replace sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-229, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-229, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURNS OFF
Check that VDC warning lamp, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF approx. 1 second after
key switch is turned ON and stay in OFF status during driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-218 N17


UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000008235012

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235013

1.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE C


Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle: Refer to FAX-83, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-28, "Inspection". D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
2.CHECK DISC ROTOR
Check disc rotor runout. Refer to BR-154, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refinish or replace disc rotor. Refer to BR-154, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". G
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check fluid leakage.
• Front: Refer to BR-169, "FRONT : Inspection". H
• Rear: Refer to BR-174, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL J
Check each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> Adjust each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-147, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
L
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. M
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that N
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal O
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-219 N17


THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
Description INFOID:0000000008235014

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235015

CAUTION:
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check brake
stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-220 N17


DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
DOES NOT OPERATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000008235016

VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function B
does not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235017

C
CAUTION:
ABS function and EBD function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP D
Check that VDC warning lamp, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF approx. 1
second after key switch is turned ON. Check that VDC warning lamp, ABS warning lamp and brake warning
lamp and stay in OFF status during driving. E
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
G

Revision: 2012 July BRC-221 N17


BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
Description INFOID:0000000008235018

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or higher]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235019

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1
Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake pedal. Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that motor noise from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
Does the operation sound occur?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
NO >> Normal

Revision: 2012 July BRC-222 N17


VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
A
Description INFOID:0000000008235020

The vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differ- B
ential (BLSD) function operates.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235021

C
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that the vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function operates. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT BRC
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-150, "DTC Index". G
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
H
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness. I
4. Connect harness connector and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS K
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION”.
Is any DTC detected? L
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-230, "Removal and Installa-
tion". M

Revision: 2012 July BRC-223 N17


ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
Description INFOID:0000000008235024

ABS warning lamp and Brake warning lamp turn ON for a moment when restating the engine. (Vehicles with
the stop / start system)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008235025

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
The vehicle must be in a stopped state.
2. Connect booster battery (12V) and jumper cable to battery cable.
3. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “ECM”.
4. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST”.
5. Touch “Start”.
CAUTION:
• Since the engine runs with the hood open, special care must be taken when performing the
work.
• If the idling stop state cannot be developed, refer to EC-72, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Description (For Thailand)".
6. Check the ABS warning lamp state and the brake warning lamp state when “Cancel” is touched under the
idling stop state.
Are the ABS warning lamp and the brake warning lamp OFF?
YES >> Check the battery. Refer to PG-136, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS :
Work Procedure (With Stop/Start System)".
NO >> Perform Self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-224 N17


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000008235026

B
Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited This is not a malfunction, The symptom
occurs VDC function, TCS function, ABS C
slip differential (BLSD) function operates.
function, EBD function and brake limited
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending slip differential (BLSD) function that are
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, normally operated.
gravel road or snowy road. D
Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and corner- This is not a malfunction, because it is
ing, when VDC function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is caused by operation check of ABS actua-
operated. tor and electric unit (control unit). E
This is not a malfunction, because it is
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
caused by operation check of ABS actua-
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine.
tor and electric unit (control unit). BRC
Acceleration may be felt insufficient depending on the road conditions. This is not a malfunction, because it is
caused by TCS function that puts the
TCS function may operate momentarily, while driving on a road where friction coefficient highest priority to obtain the optimum
varies, or when downshifting, or fully depressing accelerator pedal. traction (stability). G
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when the vehicle is on a rotating
turntable or is given a strong shaking or large vibrations on a ship while the engine is run-
ning. H
In this case, restart the engine on a nor-
VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
mal road. If the normal condition is re-
ferential (BLSD) function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is
stored, there is no malfunction. In that
extremely slanted (bank in a circuit course). I
case, erase “ABS” self-diagnosis result
A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle memory with CONSULT.
sharply turns during a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function, TCS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is
pressed and VDC OFF indicator lamp is in ON status). J
This is not a malfunction. (When checking
The vehicle speed does not increase, when the accelerator pedal is depressed while the the vehicle on a chassis dynamometer,
vehicle is on a 2-wheel chassis dynamometer for speedometer check. operate VDC OFF switch so that TCS K
function is OFF.)

Revision: 2012 July BRC-225 N17


WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000008235027

JPFIC0202GB

1. Front LH wheel sensor 2. Front LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector

: Vehicle front

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008235028

REMOVAL
1. Remove tires.
2. Remove the fender protector (front). Refer to EXT-22, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
3. Remove front wheel sensor from steering knuckle.
CAUTION:
Never rotate and never pull front wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
4. Remove front wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-226 N17


WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of steering knuckle and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like A
iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
B
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR E


REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000008235029

BRC

JPFIC0203GB

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con- N


nector

: Vehicle front
O
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)


P
NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008235030

REMOVAL
1. Remove rear wheel sensor from back plate.

Revision: 2012 July BRC-227 N17


WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
CAUTION:
Never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
2. Remove rear wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist and never pull rear wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

Revision: 2012 July BRC-228 N17


SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
SENSOR ROTOR
A
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008235031
B
CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub and bearing assembly as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor can-
not be disassembled. C
REMOVAL
Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-85, "Removal and Installation".
D
INSTALLATION
Install wheel hub and bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-85, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR E
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008235032

REMOVAL BRC
1. Remove brake drum. Refer to RAX-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from drum brake. Refer to RAX-30, "Disassembly and Assembly".
G
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never reuse sensor rotor. H

Revision: 2012 July BRC-229 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Exploded View INFOID:0000000008235033

JSFIA0769GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bushing
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
4. Bracket
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To rear LH wheel cylinder
D. To front RH caliper E To front LH caliper F To rear RH wheel cylinder

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008235034

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
2. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-150, "Draining".
3. Remove air cleaner case and air duct.
• HR12DE: Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation".
• HR15DE: Refer to EM-284, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-230 N17


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
4. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector (1), follow the procedure described below. A
a. Push the pawl (A).
b. Move the lever (B) in the direction (C) until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness B
connector.
5. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench, and then
remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit (control C
unit). Refer to BR-161, "FRONT : Exploded View".
6. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and JPFIC0194ZZ
bracket. D
CAUTION:
• To prevent damage to the parts, never remove and never install ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) by holding harness connector.
E
• To prevent damage to the parts, be careful not to drop ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and apply excessive impact to it.
7. Remove bracket and bushing from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
BRC
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed. G
• When installing brake tube, tighten to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench so that flare nut
and brake tube are not damaged. Refer to BR-161, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding actuator harness. H
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation. Refer to BR-151, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it.
• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har-
I
ness connector, move the lever (A) in the direction (B) to secure
the locking.

JPFIC0195ZZ
L

Revision: 2012 July BRC-231 N17


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008235097

REMOVAL
1. Remove spiral cable assembly. Refer to SR-16, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove steering angle sensor.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Perform steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment when steering angle sensor is removed and
installed, or replaced. Refer to BRC-157, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2012 July BRC-232 N17


VDC OFF SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC]
VDC OFF SWITCH
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008235098

REMOVAL B
1. Remove lower instrument panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove VDC OFF switch.
C
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
D

BRC

Revision: 2012 July BRC-233 N17

You might also like